1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
347 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
351 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
353 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
355 /* xgettext:c-format */
356 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
357 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
358 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
360 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
364 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
367 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
368 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
369 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
370 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
371 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
372 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
373 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
376 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
377 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
382 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
386 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
392 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
397 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
403 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
405 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
407 elf_section_list
* entry
;
408 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
410 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
411 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
414 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
417 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
419 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
424 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
426 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
427 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
428 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
429 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
430 the index table will not be needed. */
434 /* Read the symbols. */
436 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
438 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
439 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
440 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
441 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
442 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
444 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
445 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
447 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
448 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
449 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
455 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
459 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
460 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
461 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
463 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
464 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
465 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
467 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
468 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
469 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
476 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
478 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
479 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
480 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
481 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
485 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
486 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
487 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
488 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
490 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
491 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
493 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
494 /* xgettext:c-format */
495 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
496 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
497 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
498 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
505 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
507 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
508 free (alloc_extshndx
);
513 /* Look up a symbol name. */
515 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
517 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
521 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
522 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
524 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
525 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
526 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
528 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
529 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
532 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
535 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
536 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
541 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
542 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
545 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
548 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
550 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
551 signature just a string? */
554 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
557 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
558 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
559 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
561 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
562 that it is a symbol table section. */
563 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
565 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
566 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
567 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
570 /* Go read the symbol. */
571 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
572 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
573 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
576 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
579 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
582 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
584 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
586 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
587 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
590 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
592 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
593 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
594 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
597 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
598 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
599 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
600 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
601 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
603 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
605 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
607 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
613 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
618 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
619 so we can find them quickly. */
622 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
623 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
624 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
625 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
629 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
631 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
633 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
636 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
638 /* Add to list of sections. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
642 /* Read the raw contents. */
643 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
644 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
645 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
646 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
647 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
648 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
651 /* xgettext:c-format */
652 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
658 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
660 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
661 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
665 /* xgettext:c-format */
666 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
669 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
670 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
671 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
675 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
676 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
677 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
679 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
680 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
688 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
689 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
692 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
693 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
694 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
700 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
);
703 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
708 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
709 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
713 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
716 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
717 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
719 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
726 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
730 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
732 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
733 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
734 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
736 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
737 section is a member. */
739 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
743 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
744 other members to see if any others are linked via
746 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
747 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
749 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
750 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
754 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
755 insert current section in circular list. */
756 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
757 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
758 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
764 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
767 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
769 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
770 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
773 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
775 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
776 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
784 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
786 /* xgettext:c-format */
787 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
795 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
798 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
799 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
802 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
803 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
805 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
806 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
808 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
809 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
810 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
811 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
815 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
816 bed
->link_order_error_handler
817 /* xgettext:c-format */
818 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
823 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
825 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
827 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
828 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
832 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
833 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
837 /* xgettext:c-format */
838 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
839 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
843 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
846 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
847 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
850 /* xgettext:c-format */
851 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
852 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
857 /* Process section groups. */
858 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
861 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
864 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
867 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
868 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
871 /* xgettext:c-format */
872 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
878 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
879 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
882 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
883 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
884 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
885 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
886 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
887 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
888 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
889 relocation sections are in section group in input object
891 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
894 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
896 /* xgettext:c-format */
897 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
899 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
900 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
901 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
904 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
912 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
914 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
918 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
920 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
921 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
922 if (new_name
== NULL
)
926 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
931 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
933 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
934 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
935 if (new_name
== NULL
)
938 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
942 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
943 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
946 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
947 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
953 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
955 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
958 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
962 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
963 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
964 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
966 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
967 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
968 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
970 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
972 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
973 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
974 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
975 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
978 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
979 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
980 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
981 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
982 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
983 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
986 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
989 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
990 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
991 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
993 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
995 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
998 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1000 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1001 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1002 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1003 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1005 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1006 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1007 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1008 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1010 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1012 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1013 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1014 if (name
[0] == '.')
1019 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1020 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1021 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1022 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1023 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1024 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1026 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1028 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1029 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1032 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1033 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1037 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1038 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1039 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1040 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1041 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1042 all but one of the sections. */
1043 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1044 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1045 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1047 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1048 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1049 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1052 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1055 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1056 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1057 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1058 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1062 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1065 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
1069 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1071 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1072 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1074 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1075 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1076 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1077 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1078 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1079 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1080 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1082 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1084 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1087 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1090 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1091 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1092 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1093 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1095 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1096 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1097 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1099 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1100 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1101 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1102 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1103 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1104 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1105 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1106 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1107 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1109 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1110 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1111 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1112 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1113 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1114 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1115 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1121 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1122 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1123 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1124 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1125 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1127 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1128 int compression_header_size
;
1129 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1130 bfd_boolean compressed
1131 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1132 &compression_header_size
,
1133 &uncompressed_size
);
1137 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1138 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1139 action
= decompress
;
1142 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1143 section. Check if we should compress. */
1144 if (action
== nothing
)
1146 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1147 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1148 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1149 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1151 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1152 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1158 if (action
== compress
)
1160 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1163 /* xgettext:c-format */
1164 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1171 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1174 /* xgettext:c-format */
1175 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1181 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1184 && (action
== decompress
1185 || (action
== compress
1186 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1188 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1189 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1191 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1192 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1194 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1198 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1199 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1200 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1206 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1208 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1209 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1210 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1213 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1214 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1215 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1216 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1217 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1218 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1219 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1220 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1221 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1223 bfd_reloc_status_type
1224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1225 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1227 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1228 asection
*input_section
,
1230 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1232 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1233 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1234 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1235 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1237 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1238 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1241 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1244 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1245 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1246 should be the same. */
1249 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1250 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1253 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1254 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1255 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1256 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1257 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1258 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1259 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1263 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1264 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1265 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1266 to be the correct section. */
1269 find_link (const bfd
* obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, const unsigned int hint
)
1271 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1274 if (section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1277 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1281 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1282 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1283 multiple matches ? */
1290 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1291 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1292 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1295 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1297 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1298 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1299 const unsigned int secnum
)
1301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1302 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1303 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1304 unsigned int sh_link
;
1306 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1308 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1309 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1310 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1311 matched up with the original.
1313 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1314 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1315 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1316 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1317 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1318 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1319 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1320 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1321 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1322 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1323 without any contents. */
1324 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1325 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1326 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1327 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1331 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1332 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1333 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1334 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1337 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1338 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1339 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1340 in the input bfd. */
1341 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1343 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1344 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1346 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1350 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1351 if we could not find a match ? */
1352 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1353 /* xgettext:c-format */
1354 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1357 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1359 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1360 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1362 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1364 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1366 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1367 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1370 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1371 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1373 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1375 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1379 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1380 /* xgettext:c-format */
1381 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1387 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1391 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1393 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1394 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1398 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1399 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1402 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1404 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1405 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1408 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1410 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1411 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1412 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1414 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1415 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1416 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1417 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1419 /* Copy object attributes. */
1420 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1422 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1425 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1427 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1428 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1431 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1433 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1434 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1435 files. See below for more details. */
1437 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1438 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1441 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1442 fields have already been initialised. */
1443 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1444 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1447 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1448 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1449 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1451 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1453 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1456 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1457 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1458 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1459 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1461 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1462 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1463 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1464 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1465 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1466 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1471 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1474 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1475 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1476 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1477 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1479 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1481 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1484 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1485 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1486 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1488 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1489 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1490 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1491 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1492 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1493 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1494 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1495 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1496 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1497 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1499 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1504 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1506 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1507 with a NULL input section. */
1508 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1509 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1517 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1522 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1523 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1524 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1525 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1526 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1527 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1528 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1529 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1530 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1531 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1532 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1533 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1538 /* Print out the program headers. */
1541 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1543 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1544 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1546 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1548 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1553 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1554 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1555 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1557 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1562 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1565 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1566 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1567 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1568 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1569 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1570 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1571 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1572 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1573 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1574 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1575 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1576 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1577 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1578 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1579 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1580 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1581 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1586 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1589 unsigned int elfsec
;
1590 unsigned long shlink
;
1591 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1593 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1595 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1597 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1600 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1601 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1603 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1605 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1606 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1609 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1610 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1612 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1613 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1615 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1617 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1618 const char *name
= "";
1620 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1621 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1623 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1625 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1632 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1633 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1635 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1637 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1642 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1643 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1644 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1645 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1646 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1647 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1648 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1649 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1650 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1651 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1652 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1653 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1654 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1655 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1656 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1657 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1658 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1659 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1660 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1661 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1662 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1663 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1664 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1665 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1666 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1667 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1668 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1669 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1670 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1671 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1672 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1673 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1674 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1675 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1676 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1677 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1678 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1679 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1680 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1681 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1682 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1683 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1684 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1685 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1686 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1687 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1688 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1689 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1690 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1691 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1692 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1693 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1694 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1695 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1696 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1697 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1698 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1699 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1702 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1706 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1711 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1713 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1716 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1725 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1726 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1728 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1732 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1734 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1736 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1737 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1739 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1740 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1741 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1742 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1744 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1747 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1751 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1757 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1759 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1761 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1762 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1764 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1766 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1767 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1768 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1769 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1770 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1771 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1783 /* Get version string. */
1786 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1787 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1789 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1790 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1791 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1793 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1795 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1796 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1799 version_string
= "";
1800 else if (vernum
== 1)
1801 version_string
= "Base";
1802 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1804 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1807 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1809 version_string
= "";
1810 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1814 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1816 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1818 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1820 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1827 return version_string
;
1830 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1833 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1836 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1838 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1841 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1842 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1844 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1845 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1846 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1847 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1849 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1851 const char *section_name
;
1852 const char *name
= NULL
;
1853 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1854 unsigned char st_other
;
1856 const char *version_string
;
1859 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1861 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1862 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1863 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1867 name
= symbol
->name
;
1868 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1871 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1872 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1873 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1874 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1875 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1876 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1877 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1879 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1880 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1882 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1883 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1889 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1894 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1895 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1900 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1901 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1906 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1907 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1908 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1910 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1912 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1915 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1921 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1923 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1926 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1928 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1929 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1930 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1932 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1933 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1934 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1935 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1937 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1942 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1943 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1944 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1945 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1946 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1947 can expect to recurse at least once.
1949 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1950 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1952 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1953 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1954 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1956 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1957 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1958 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1959 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1961 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1964 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1967 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1970 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1971 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1972 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1977 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1978 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1981 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1984 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1985 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1986 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1987 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1988 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1989 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1990 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1991 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1992 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1993 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1996 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1997 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2000 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2002 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2003 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2004 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2007 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2008 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2009 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2011 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2016 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2018 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2022 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2023 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2024 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2025 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2027 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2028 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2032 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2034 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2035 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2037 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2038 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2040 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2048 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2049 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2052 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2055 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2057 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2059 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2060 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2061 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2066 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2067 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2068 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2071 /* xgettext:c-format */
2072 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2076 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2077 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2078 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2079 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2081 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2082 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2083 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2084 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2085 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2087 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2088 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2089 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2093 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2094 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2095 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2097 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2098 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2100 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2101 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2104 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2105 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2109 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2110 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2115 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2117 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2119 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2120 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2125 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2126 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2130 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2131 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2134 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2137 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2139 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2142 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2143 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2144 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2149 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2150 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2151 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2154 /* xgettext:c-format */
2155 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2159 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2160 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2161 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2162 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2164 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2165 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2166 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2169 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2171 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2173 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2174 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2177 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2180 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2182 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2183 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2184 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2188 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2189 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2192 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2195 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2199 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2202 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2203 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2207 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2210 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2211 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2212 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2213 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2215 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2220 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2221 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2222 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2223 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2225 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2227 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2228 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2231 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2233 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2236 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2238 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2240 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2241 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2245 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2250 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2252 asection
*target_sect
;
2253 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2254 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2255 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2258 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2259 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2262 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2263 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2266 /* xgettext:c-format */
2267 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2268 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2269 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2274 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2275 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2276 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2277 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2278 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2279 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2280 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2282 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2283 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2284 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2285 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2291 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2293 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2294 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2305 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2308 /* Get the symbol table. */
2309 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2310 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2311 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2314 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2315 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2316 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2317 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2318 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2319 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2320 sh_link points to the null section. */
2321 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2322 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2323 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2324 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2325 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2326 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2328 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2333 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2336 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2337 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2340 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2341 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2342 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2344 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2346 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2349 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2354 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2355 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2356 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2357 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2358 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2359 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2360 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2361 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2363 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2364 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2366 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2370 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2371 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2372 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2373 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2376 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2377 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2380 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2381 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2382 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2385 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2386 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2388 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2395 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2398 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2401 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2403 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2404 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2409 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2410 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2411 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2413 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2416 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2420 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2421 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2422 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2424 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2432 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2433 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2434 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2436 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2438 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2442 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2443 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2446 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2448 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2449 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2450 for applications? */
2452 /* xgettext:c-format */
2453 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2454 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2455 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2458 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2459 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2464 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2465 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2466 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2468 /* xgettext:c-format */
2469 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2471 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2472 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2474 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2475 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2476 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2477 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2478 be rejected with an error message. */
2480 /* xgettext:c-format */
2481 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2483 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2486 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2487 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2492 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2494 /* xgettext:c-format */
2495 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2496 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2504 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2505 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2506 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2508 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2509 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2514 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2517 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2519 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2521 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2523 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2525 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2526 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2527 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2529 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2530 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2531 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2534 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2536 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2539 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2542 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2545 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2549 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2551 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2553 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2556 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2558 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2559 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2562 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2564 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2565 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2568 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2570 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2571 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2572 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2573 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2574 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2575 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2576 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2577 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2578 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2579 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2580 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2581 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2582 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2583 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2586 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2588 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2589 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2590 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2593 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2595 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2596 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2597 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2598 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2599 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2600 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2601 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2602 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2604 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2607 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2609 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2610 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2613 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2616 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2617 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2618 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2621 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2624 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2627 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2629 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2630 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2631 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2634 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2636 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2637 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2638 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2641 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2644 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2647 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2655 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2656 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2657 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2658 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2661 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2663 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2666 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2675 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2678 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2680 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2681 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2682 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2684 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2685 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2686 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2687 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2690 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2692 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2694 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2696 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2697 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2698 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2704 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2707 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2708 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2709 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2715 len
= strlen (name
);
2717 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2720 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2722 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2724 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2727 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2728 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2730 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2732 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2734 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2735 && (suffix_len
== -2
2736 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2742 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2744 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2745 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2755 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2756 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2759 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2760 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2762 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2763 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2766 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2767 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2770 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2771 bed
->special_sections
,
2777 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2780 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2781 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2784 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2789 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2793 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2795 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2796 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2797 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2799 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2802 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2806 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2809 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2810 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2811 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2813 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2814 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2815 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2816 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2817 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2818 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2819 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2820 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2821 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2822 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2823 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2825 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2828 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2829 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2830 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2832 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2833 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2837 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2840 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2842 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2843 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2844 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2845 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2847 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2848 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2849 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2850 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2851 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2852 of combined data+bss.
2854 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2855 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2856 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2857 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2858 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2863 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2864 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2866 const char *type_name
)
2874 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2875 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2876 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2878 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2880 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2881 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2882 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2885 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2886 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2887 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2889 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2890 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2891 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2892 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2893 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2894 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2895 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2897 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2898 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2899 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2901 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2903 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2906 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2908 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2912 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2916 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2917 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2918 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2921 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2922 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2923 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2925 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2926 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2927 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2928 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2929 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2930 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2931 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2932 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2933 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2935 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2936 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2937 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2938 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2939 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2940 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2941 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2943 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2944 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2945 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2947 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2948 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2955 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2959 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2962 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2968 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2971 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2974 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2976 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2981 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2986 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2987 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2991 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2997 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2998 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2999 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3003 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3007 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3009 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3011 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3012 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3015 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3019 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3021 const char *sec_name
,
3022 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3024 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3025 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3029 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3031 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3033 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3039 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3040 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3041 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3045 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3046 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3047 const char *sec_name
,
3048 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3049 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3051 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3052 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3054 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3055 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3056 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3058 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3059 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3060 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3063 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3064 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3065 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3066 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3067 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3068 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3069 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3070 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3071 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3076 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3079 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3082 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3084 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3087 struct fake_section_arg
3089 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3093 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3096 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3098 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3099 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3100 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3101 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3102 unsigned int sh_type
;
3103 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3104 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3108 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3113 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3117 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3118 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3119 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3123 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3125 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3127 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3128 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3129 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3130 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3133 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3135 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3136 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3138 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3139 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3143 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3144 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3152 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3154 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3155 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3156 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3157 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3158 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3159 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3164 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3169 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3170 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3174 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3176 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3183 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3185 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3186 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3187 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3189 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3191 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3192 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3193 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3194 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3195 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3198 /* xgettext:c-format */
3199 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3200 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
3204 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3205 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3206 copy_private_section_data. */
3208 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3209 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3211 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3213 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3214 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3216 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3218 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3219 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3220 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3221 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3222 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3224 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3225 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3226 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3227 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3229 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3230 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3233 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3244 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3245 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3246 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3247 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3251 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3255 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3259 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3263 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3264 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3268 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3269 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3272 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3273 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3276 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3277 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3278 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3279 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3281 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3282 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3284 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3285 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3288 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3289 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3290 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3291 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3293 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3294 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3296 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3297 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3301 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3305 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3309 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3310 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3311 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3312 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3313 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3314 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3315 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3317 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3318 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3320 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3321 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3322 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3323 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3324 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3326 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3327 if (asect
->size
== 0
3328 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3330 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3332 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3335 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3336 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3337 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3341 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3342 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3344 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3345 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3346 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3347 create the other. */
3348 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3350 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3353 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3354 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3355 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3356 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3358 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3359 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3365 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3366 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3373 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3375 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3382 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3383 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3384 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3385 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3388 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3390 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3391 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3392 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3396 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3397 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3398 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3399 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3402 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3404 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3405 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3409 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3411 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3415 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3417 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3419 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3421 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3422 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3426 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3427 elf_section_syms. */
3428 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3429 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3431 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3433 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3435 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3436 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3437 set until all local symbols are output. */
3439 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3440 unsigned long symndx
;
3441 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3442 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3444 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3445 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3446 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3447 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3448 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3449 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3451 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3453 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3455 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3456 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3458 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3459 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3460 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3461 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3463 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3466 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3468 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3471 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3473 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3474 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3475 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3482 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3484 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3485 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3486 start of the input section group. */
3487 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3489 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3490 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3491 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3492 directives, not that it matters. */
3499 s
= s
->output_section
;
3501 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3503 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3506 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3508 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3513 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3516 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3519 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3522 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3528 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3531 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3532 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3535 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3536 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3537 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3542 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3543 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3544 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3545 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3546 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3548 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3549 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3551 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3552 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3557 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3561 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3562 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3563 in here too, while we're at it. */
3566 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3568 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3570 unsigned int section_number
;
3571 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3572 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3573 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3577 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3579 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3580 if (link_info
== NULL
|| bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
3582 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3584 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3585 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3587 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3589 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3591 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3593 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3594 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3595 abfd
->section_count
--;
3598 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3601 /* Count relocations. */
3602 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3605 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3606 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3607 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3610 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3612 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3614 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3615 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3616 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3617 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3620 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3621 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3622 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3629 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3630 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3631 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3637 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3638 || (link_info
== NULL
3639 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3643 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3644 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3645 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3647 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3649 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3651 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3652 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3653 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3655 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3656 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3657 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3660 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3661 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3664 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3665 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3666 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3668 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3670 /* xgettext:c-format */
3671 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3672 abfd
, section_number
);
3676 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3677 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3679 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3681 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3682 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3683 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3686 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3687 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3688 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3690 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3694 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3696 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3699 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3700 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3702 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3703 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3704 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3705 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3707 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3708 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3711 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3715 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3717 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3718 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3719 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3720 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3721 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3723 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3725 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3726 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3727 the relocation entries apply. */
3728 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3730 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3731 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3732 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3734 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3736 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3737 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3738 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3741 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3742 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3744 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3747 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3748 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3750 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3751 if (discarded_section (s
))
3755 /* xgettext:c-format */
3756 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3757 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3759 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3760 size as the discarded one. */
3761 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3770 s
= s
->output_section
;
3771 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3775 /* Handle objcopy. */
3776 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3779 /* xgettext:c-format */
3780 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3781 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3782 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3785 s
= s
->output_section
;
3787 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3792 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3793 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3794 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3796 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3797 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3798 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3799 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3800 /* xgettext:c-format */
3801 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3806 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3810 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3811 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3812 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3813 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3814 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3815 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3816 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3818 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3820 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3823 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3824 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3829 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3830 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3831 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3832 field to point to this section. */
3833 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3834 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3839 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3840 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3843 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3844 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3845 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3849 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3851 /* This is a .stab section. */
3852 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3853 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3854 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3861 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3862 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3863 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3864 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3866 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3868 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3871 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3872 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3873 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3874 the version strings. */
3875 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3876 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3878 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3883 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3884 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3885 this hash table or version table is for. */
3886 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3888 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3892 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3896 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3897 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3898 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3904 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3906 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3907 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3908 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3909 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3911 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3912 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3913 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3916 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3917 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3918 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3919 the beginning of that array.
3921 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3924 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3925 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
3927 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
3929 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
3931 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
3932 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
3933 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3935 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3938 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3941 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3943 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
3946 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
3949 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
3954 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3955 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3958 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3960 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3962 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3965 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3966 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3967 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3968 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3969 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3970 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3971 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3972 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3975 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3976 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3979 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3981 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3982 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3983 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3984 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3985 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3986 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3987 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3988 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
3994 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3998 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4000 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4001 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4005 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4006 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4008 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4009 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4011 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4012 decided to output. */
4013 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4015 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4017 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4019 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4020 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4022 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4024 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4025 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4027 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4031 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4032 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4034 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4036 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4040 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4041 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4042 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4043 at least in that case. */
4044 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4046 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4048 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4055 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4056 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4057 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4059 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4062 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4064 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4067 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4068 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4069 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4074 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4076 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4078 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4080 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4083 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4084 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4087 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4089 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4093 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4095 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4099 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4100 ELF data structure. */
4102 static inline file_ptr
4103 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4105 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4108 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4109 required section alignment. */
4112 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4116 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4117 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4118 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4119 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4120 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4121 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4122 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4126 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4127 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4128 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4131 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4132 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4134 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4135 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4137 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4139 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4141 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4144 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4145 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4146 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4148 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4151 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4152 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4154 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4155 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4156 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4160 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4163 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4164 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4165 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4166 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4170 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4171 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4173 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4178 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4180 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4185 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4186 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4187 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4188 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4189 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4190 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4191 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4192 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4193 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4194 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4195 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4197 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4203 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4205 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4207 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4208 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4210 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4212 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4213 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4214 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4215 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4218 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4219 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4221 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4223 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4225 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4226 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4228 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4231 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4236 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4237 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4239 static bfd_size_type
4240 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4246 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4247 and one for data. */
4250 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4251 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4253 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4254 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4255 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4260 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4262 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4266 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4268 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4272 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4274 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4278 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4280 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4284 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4286 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4287 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4289 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4291 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4292 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4293 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4294 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4295 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4296 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4298 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4299 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4300 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4301 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4302 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4307 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4309 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4311 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4317 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4318 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4319 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4323 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4329 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4332 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4335 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4337 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4338 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4340 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4346 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4347 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4354 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4356 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4357 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4358 asection
**sections
,
4363 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4368 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4369 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4370 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4374 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4375 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4376 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4377 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4379 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4381 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4382 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4383 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4389 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4392 struct elf_segment_map
*
4393 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4395 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4397 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4398 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4402 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4404 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4409 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4412 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4413 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4414 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4416 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4417 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4419 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4420 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4421 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4422 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4424 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4427 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4429 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4431 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4432 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4433 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4435 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4439 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4441 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
4447 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4448 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4450 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4457 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4460 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4463 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4464 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4465 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4466 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4468 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4471 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4473 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4477 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4478 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4481 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4482 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4484 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4485 bfd_boolean writable
;
4487 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4488 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4490 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4492 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4494 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4495 sizeof (asection
*));
4496 if (sections
== NULL
)
4499 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4500 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4502 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4503 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4506 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4508 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4512 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4513 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4514 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4517 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4520 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4522 /* Build the mapping. */
4527 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4528 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4530 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4531 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4533 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4534 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4538 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4539 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4540 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4541 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4542 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4547 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4548 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4552 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4560 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4561 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4562 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4566 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4567 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4568 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4569 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4570 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4573 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4575 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4578 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4579 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4580 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4581 program headers we will need. */
4584 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4586 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4587 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4588 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4589 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4590 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4591 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4592 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4593 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4594 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4597 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4600 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4604 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4607 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4609 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4610 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4611 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4613 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4615 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4616 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4620 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4621 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4623 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4624 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4627 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4628 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4629 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4630 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4631 section can be included in the current segment. */
4632 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4634 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4637 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4638 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4641 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4642 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4643 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4644 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4645 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4647 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4648 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4649 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4650 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4651 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4652 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4653 in the same segment. */
4656 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4658 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4659 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4660 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4661 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4664 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4665 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4666 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4668 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4669 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4670 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4671 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4672 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4673 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4674 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4679 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4680 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4683 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4684 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4686 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4688 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4694 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4697 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4698 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4699 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4700 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4706 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4707 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4709 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4716 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4722 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4723 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4724 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4728 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4731 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4733 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4734 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4735 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4736 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4738 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4746 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4749 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4756 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4757 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4758 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4759 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4760 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4762 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4764 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4765 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4770 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4771 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4772 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4774 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4775 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4776 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4777 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4783 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4784 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4788 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4792 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4793 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4796 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4797 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4801 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4809 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4812 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4813 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4814 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4819 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4820 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4822 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4824 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4826 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4829 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4832 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4834 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4836 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4840 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4843 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4854 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4856 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4857 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4858 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4860 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4861 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4865 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4867 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4873 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4875 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4876 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4880 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4881 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4882 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4883 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4884 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4885 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4887 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4888 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4895 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4897 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4899 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4901 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4902 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4905 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4906 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4907 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4910 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4915 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4918 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4919 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4923 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4930 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4933 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4936 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4938 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4943 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4948 /* Sort sections by address. */
4951 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4953 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4954 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4955 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4957 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4958 place the section into a segment. */
4959 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4961 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4964 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4965 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4966 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4968 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4971 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4973 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4979 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4980 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4981 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4982 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4987 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4992 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4993 before others at the same address. */
4995 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4996 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5003 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5006 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5008 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5009 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5010 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5011 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5012 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5015 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5016 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5018 /* In other words, something like:
5020 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5021 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5022 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5023 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5025 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5027 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5030 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5032 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5033 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5035 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5039 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5042 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5047 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5048 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5049 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5050 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5051 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5052 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5054 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5055 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5059 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5060 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5061 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5067 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5072 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5074 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5077 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5082 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5083 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5087 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5088 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5090 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5091 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5092 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5093 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5095 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5098 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5100 if (link_info
== NULL
5101 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5105 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5109 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5114 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5115 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5119 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5120 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5121 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5124 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5126 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5127 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5129 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5130 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5134 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5138 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5139 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5140 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5141 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5142 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5144 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5145 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5146 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5147 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5149 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5151 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5152 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5153 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5158 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5159 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5161 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5162 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5163 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5169 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5171 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5175 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5177 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5178 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5179 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5180 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5181 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5183 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5184 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5185 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5188 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5189 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5190 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5191 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5192 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5193 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5194 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5199 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5201 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5202 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5203 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5206 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5208 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5209 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5211 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5212 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5213 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5214 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5215 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5216 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5217 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5219 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5220 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5222 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5224 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5225 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5226 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5227 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5231 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5233 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5236 bfd_size_type align
;
5237 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5239 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5243 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5245 unsigned int secalign
;
5247 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5248 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5249 align_power
= secalign
;
5251 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5252 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5253 align
= maxpagesize
;
5256 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5257 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5258 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5259 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5260 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5261 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5263 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5266 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5267 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5269 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5273 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5277 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5278 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5279 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5280 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5281 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5282 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5283 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5284 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5289 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5290 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5291 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5293 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5296 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5298 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5301 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5302 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5303 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5304 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5310 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5312 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5314 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5315 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5318 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5319 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5320 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5323 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5325 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5330 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5335 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5337 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5340 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5342 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5346 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5347 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5348 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5352 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5353 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5356 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5357 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5361 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5362 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5364 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5370 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5372 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5373 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5377 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5378 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5379 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5380 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5381 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5382 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5385 bfd_size_type align
;
5386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5389 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5390 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5392 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5393 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5394 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5395 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5396 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5397 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5399 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5400 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5401 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5402 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5406 || p_end
< p_start
))
5409 /* xgettext:c-format */
5410 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5411 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5415 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5417 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5419 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5421 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5422 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5424 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5425 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5429 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5433 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5435 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5439 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5440 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5441 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5447 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5456 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5458 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5459 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5460 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5462 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5463 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5464 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5466 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5467 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5468 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5469 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5470 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5471 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5473 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5475 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5478 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5480 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5481 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5482 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5483 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5484 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5485 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5487 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5489 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5490 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5492 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5494 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5495 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5498 if (align
> p
->p_align
5499 && !m
->p_align_valid
5500 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5501 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5505 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5508 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5510 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5517 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5518 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5519 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5521 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5523 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5524 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5525 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5526 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5527 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5528 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5530 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5535 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5540 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5541 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5542 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5543 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5546 /* xgettext:c-format */
5547 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5549 print_segment_map (m
);
5555 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5559 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5562 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5563 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5565 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5566 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5567 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5568 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5569 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5570 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5571 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5572 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5573 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5577 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5578 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5579 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5580 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5585 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5586 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5587 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5588 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5589 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5590 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5592 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5594 /* xgettext:c-format */
5595 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5597 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5599 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5600 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5601 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5602 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5605 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5607 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5610 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5611 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5612 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5613 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5614 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5615 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5616 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5617 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5618 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5619 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5620 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5622 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5625 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5626 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5630 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5632 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5633 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5634 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5637 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5640 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5642 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5643 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5645 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5647 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5648 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5649 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5652 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5653 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5658 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5660 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5661 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5662 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5665 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5666 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5667 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5669 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5670 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5671 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5672 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5675 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5676 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5677 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5679 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5680 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5689 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5690 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5694 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5695 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5698 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5699 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5704 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5706 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5708 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5709 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5711 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5713 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5715 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5717 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5719 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5720 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5722 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5726 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5730 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5731 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5732 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5734 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5735 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5740 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5742 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5743 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5744 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5745 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5746 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5747 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5748 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5751 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5752 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5753 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5754 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5755 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5757 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5759 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5764 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5765 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5768 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5770 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5771 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5773 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5776 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5777 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5778 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5780 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5782 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5784 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5790 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5791 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5793 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5795 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5797 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5804 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5806 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5807 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5808 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5810 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5812 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5813 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5814 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5818 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5823 static elf_section_list
*
5824 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5826 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5832 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5833 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5834 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5836 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5837 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5838 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5839 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5840 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5841 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5842 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5844 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5847 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5848 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5850 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5851 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5852 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5854 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5855 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5857 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5858 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5859 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5863 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5864 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5866 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5867 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5868 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5869 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5871 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5874 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5875 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5876 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5877 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5878 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5879 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5880 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5881 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5882 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5883 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5885 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5888 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5891 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5897 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5898 assignment of sections to segments. */
5899 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5902 /* And for non-load sections. */
5903 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5906 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5908 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5912 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5913 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
5915 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5916 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5917 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5919 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5920 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5921 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5922 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5923 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5925 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5926 segments is non-zero. */
5928 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5931 /* Write out the program headers. */
5932 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5933 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5934 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5942 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5944 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5945 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5948 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5950 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5951 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5954 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5956 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5957 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5958 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5959 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5961 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5962 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5963 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5964 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5966 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5967 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5968 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5969 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5970 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5971 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5973 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5975 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5977 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5978 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5981 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5982 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5983 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5984 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5985 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5986 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5987 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5988 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5990 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5993 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5994 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5996 /* No program header, for now. */
5997 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5998 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5999 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6001 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6002 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6003 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6005 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6006 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6007 /* It all happens later. */
6011 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6012 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6015 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6016 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6018 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6019 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6020 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6021 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6022 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6023 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6029 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6030 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6033 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6038 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6039 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6041 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6043 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6044 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6045 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6048 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6050 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6051 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6052 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6054 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6058 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6059 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6061 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6062 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6066 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6067 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6069 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6070 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6072 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6073 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6077 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6078 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6081 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6083 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6085 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6087 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6092 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6097 /* Update section size and contents. */
6098 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6099 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6100 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6102 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6109 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6111 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6112 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6113 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6114 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6116 /* Place the section headers. */
6117 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6118 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6119 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6120 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6121 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6122 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6128 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6131 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6133 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6134 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6136 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6137 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6140 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6143 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6147 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6150 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6151 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6152 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6154 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6155 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6156 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6157 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6158 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6159 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6161 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6163 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6164 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6169 /* Write out the section header names. */
6170 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6171 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6172 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6173 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6176 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6177 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6179 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6182 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6183 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6184 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6190 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6192 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6193 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6196 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6199 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6201 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6202 unsigned int sec_index
;
6204 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6205 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6206 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6208 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6209 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6210 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6211 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6212 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6213 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6215 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6217 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6218 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6220 int retval
= sec_index
;
6222 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6226 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6227 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6232 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6236 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6238 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6240 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6242 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6243 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6244 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6245 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6246 input sections rather than the output section. */
6247 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6248 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6249 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6254 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6255 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6256 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6257 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6258 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6259 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6260 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6263 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6267 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6268 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6270 /* xgettext:c-format */
6271 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6272 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6273 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6280 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6281 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6289 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6292 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6294 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6295 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6296 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6297 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6298 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6301 unsigned int num_segments
;
6302 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6303 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6304 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6305 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6306 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6307 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6309 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6310 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6313 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6315 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6316 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6318 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6319 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6320 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6321 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6323 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6324 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6325 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6326 ? section->size : 0)
6328 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6329 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6330 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6331 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6332 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6333 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6335 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6336 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6337 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6338 (section->lma >= base \
6339 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6340 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6342 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6343 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6344 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6345 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6346 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6347 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6348 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6350 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6352 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6354 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6358 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6359 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6360 p_memsz set to 0. */
6361 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6363 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6364 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6365 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6366 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6368 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6369 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6370 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6372 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6373 A section will be included if:
6374 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6375 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6376 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6378 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6379 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6380 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6381 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6382 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6383 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6384 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6385 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6386 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6387 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6388 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6389 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6390 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6391 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6392 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6393 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6394 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6395 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6396 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6397 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6398 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6399 || (segment->p_paddr \
6400 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6401 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6402 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6404 && !section->segment_mark)
6406 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6407 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6408 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6409 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6410 && section->output_section != NULL)
6412 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6413 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6414 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6416 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6417 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6418 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6419 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6420 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6422 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6423 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6424 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6425 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6426 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6428 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6429 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6430 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6432 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6433 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6434 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6435 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6436 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6437 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6440 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6442 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6446 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6447 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6448 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6449 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6450 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6455 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6457 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6458 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6459 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6461 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6462 assignment code will work. */
6463 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6467 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6469 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6470 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6471 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6475 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6476 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6478 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6480 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6481 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6484 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6485 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6487 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6489 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6490 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6492 if (extra_length
> 0)
6494 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6495 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6498 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6500 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6502 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6507 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6509 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6510 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6512 if (extra_length
> 0)
6514 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6515 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6518 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6523 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6524 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6528 unsigned int section_count
;
6529 asection
**sections
;
6530 asection
*output_section
;
6532 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6533 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6536 asection
*first_section
;
6537 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6538 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6540 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6543 first_section
= NULL
;
6544 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6545 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6547 section
= section
->next
)
6549 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6550 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6551 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6553 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6554 first_section
= section
;
6555 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6560 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6561 all of the sections we have selected. */
6562 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6563 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6564 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6568 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6569 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6571 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6572 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6573 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6575 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6576 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6578 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6580 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6581 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6584 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6585 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6586 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6587 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6588 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6590 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6592 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6593 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6594 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6595 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6596 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6598 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6599 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6602 if (section_count
== 0)
6604 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6605 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6606 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6607 a warning is produced. */
6608 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6609 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6610 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6614 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6615 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6620 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6621 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6622 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6623 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6625 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6626 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6629 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6630 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6631 of the first section.
6633 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6634 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6635 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6636 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6637 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6639 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6640 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6641 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6642 or segments to contain the other sections.
6644 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6645 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6646 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6648 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6649 if (sections
== NULL
)
6652 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6653 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6654 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6655 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6656 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6661 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6662 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6664 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6666 section
= section
->next
)
6668 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6670 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6672 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6674 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6675 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6676 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6677 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6679 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6680 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6682 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6683 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6684 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6687 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6689 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6691 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6693 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6694 LMA address of the output section. */
6695 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6696 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6697 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6698 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6700 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6702 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6703 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6706 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6707 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6709 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6711 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6713 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6714 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6717 if (j
== section_count
)
6722 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6724 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6726 if (isec
== section_count
)
6728 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6729 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6730 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6731 program header in the input BFD. */
6732 map
->count
= section_count
;
6733 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6734 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6737 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6738 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6739 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6740 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6741 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6742 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6744 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6751 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6753 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6754 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6755 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6756 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6760 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6761 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6762 the LMA of the first section. */
6763 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6766 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6767 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6768 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6770 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6771 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6774 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6775 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6779 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6781 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6783 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6785 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6786 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6787 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6788 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6789 offset when we know the correct value. */
6790 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6791 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6794 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6798 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6799 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6800 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6801 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6802 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6803 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6810 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6812 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6813 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6815 section
= sections
[j
];
6817 if (section
== NULL
)
6820 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6822 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6824 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6825 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6827 if (map
->count
== 0)
6829 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6830 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6832 if (output_section
->lma
6834 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6835 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6836 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6844 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6846 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6847 and the start of this section is more than
6848 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6849 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6851 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6852 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6853 > output_section
->lma
))
6855 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6857 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6858 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6865 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6868 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6870 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6872 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6873 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6877 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6879 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6880 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6881 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6883 if (isec
< section_count
)
6885 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6886 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6887 and carry on looping. */
6888 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6889 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6890 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6897 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6898 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6899 not yet been assigned. */
6901 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6902 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6903 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6904 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6905 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6906 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6907 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6910 while (isec
< section_count
);
6915 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6917 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6918 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6919 the offset if necessary. */
6920 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6924 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6927 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6928 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6929 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6934 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6935 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6937 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6938 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6939 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6940 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6941 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6942 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6946 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6949 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6951 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6952 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6953 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6954 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6955 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6957 unsigned int num_segments
;
6958 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6959 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6961 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6964 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6966 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6967 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6968 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6969 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6970 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6973 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6975 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6979 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6984 unsigned int section_count
;
6986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6987 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6988 asection
*lowest_section
;
6990 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6991 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6993 section
= section
->next
)
6995 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6996 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6998 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6999 first_section
= section
;
7004 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7005 all of the sections we have selected. */
7006 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7007 if (section_count
!= 0)
7008 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7009 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7013 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7016 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7017 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7018 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7019 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7020 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7021 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7022 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7023 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7025 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7026 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7028 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7029 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7030 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7031 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7032 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7034 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7035 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7038 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7039 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7040 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7041 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7043 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7044 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7046 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7047 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7048 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7049 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7050 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7052 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7053 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7056 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7057 if (section_count
!= 0)
7059 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7061 for (section
= first_section
;
7063 section
= section
->next
)
7065 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7066 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7068 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7069 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7073 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7074 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7075 lowest_section
= section
;
7077 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7078 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7079 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7080 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7082 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7083 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7085 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7086 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7087 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7089 if (isec
== section_count
)
7095 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7096 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7097 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7099 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7100 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7101 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7102 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7103 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7104 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7106 map
->count
= section_count
;
7107 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7108 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7111 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7115 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7119 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7121 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7122 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7125 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7128 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7130 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7131 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7132 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7133 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7134 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7135 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7136 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7138 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7140 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7141 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7144 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7145 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7146 section
= section
->next
)
7147 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7149 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7150 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7154 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7155 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7156 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7157 map in this case. */
7158 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7159 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7160 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7163 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7164 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7166 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7167 from the input BFD. */
7168 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7170 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7172 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7173 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7174 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7176 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7177 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7179 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7180 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7181 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7182 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7183 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7184 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7190 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7192 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7193 section
= section
->next
)
7195 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
7198 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7201 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7205 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7207 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7208 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7209 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7211 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7212 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7214 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7217 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7218 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7220 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7221 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7222 /* xgettext:c-format */
7223 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7224 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7225 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7227 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7230 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7231 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7234 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7237 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7240 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7244 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7247 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7248 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7249 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7251 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7252 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7255 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7257 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7258 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7259 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7260 that the linker clears to differ. */
7261 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7262 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7264 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7265 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7266 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7268 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7269 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7270 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7272 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7273 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7274 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7275 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7278 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7279 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7281 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7282 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7283 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7284 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7287 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7288 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7289 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7293 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7295 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7296 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7297 may be NULL at this point. */
7298 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7300 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7301 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7302 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7305 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7310 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7311 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7314 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7321 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7322 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7325 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7326 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7328 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7330 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7331 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7332 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7333 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7334 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7336 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7340 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7341 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7342 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7343 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7344 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7348 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7352 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7353 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7355 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7356 asection
*s
= first
;
7357 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7361 /* If this member section is being output but the
7362 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7363 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7364 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7365 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7367 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7368 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7370 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7371 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7372 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7373 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7375 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7381 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7383 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7384 adjust the input section size. This function may
7385 be called multiple times, so save the original
7387 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7388 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7389 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7393 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7395 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7403 /* Copy private header information. */
7406 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7408 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7409 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7412 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7413 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7414 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7415 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7416 already been worked out. */
7417 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7419 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7423 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7426 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7427 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7428 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7429 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7430 swap_out_syms function. */
7432 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7433 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7434 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7435 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7436 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7439 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7444 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7446 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7447 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7450 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7451 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7454 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7456 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7460 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7461 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7462 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7463 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7464 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7465 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7467 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7468 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7469 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7470 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7471 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7477 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7480 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7481 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7484 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7487 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7488 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7489 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7490 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7491 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7492 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7493 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7494 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7495 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7497 unsigned int num_locals
;
7499 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7501 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7504 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7505 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7509 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7510 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7511 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7512 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7513 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7514 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7515 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7516 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7518 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7519 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7521 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7522 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7523 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7524 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7526 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7530 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7531 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7532 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7535 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7539 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7540 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7542 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7543 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7545 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7547 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7548 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7550 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7551 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7552 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7553 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7556 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7557 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7558 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7559 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7560 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7562 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7565 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7567 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7568 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7574 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7575 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7576 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7577 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7578 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7579 outbound_syms_index
++;
7580 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7581 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7585 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7586 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7588 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7589 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7591 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7592 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7593 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7594 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7597 if (!name_local_sections
7598 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7600 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7601 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7605 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7606 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7608 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7610 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7614 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7616 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7617 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7619 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7620 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7621 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7622 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7623 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7624 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7625 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7627 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7628 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7629 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7633 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7636 if (sec
->output_section
)
7638 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7639 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7642 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7643 if (! relocatable_p
)
7645 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7646 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7648 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7650 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7652 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7653 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7654 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7655 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7659 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7662 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7665 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7668 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7671 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7672 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7681 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7683 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7687 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7688 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7689 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7690 demand of applications. For example, it
7691 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7692 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7693 actually in the output file. */
7694 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7696 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7697 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7699 /* xgettext:c-format */
7700 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7701 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7702 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7710 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7713 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7715 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7716 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7717 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7719 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7721 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7723 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7728 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7731 /* Processor-specific types. */
7732 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7733 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7734 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7735 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7737 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7739 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7740 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7742 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7744 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7746 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7748 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7749 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7750 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7752 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7753 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7755 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7757 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7758 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7762 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7763 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7766 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7768 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7770 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7771 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7772 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7774 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7777 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7780 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7782 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7783 sym
.st_target_internal
7784 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7789 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7793 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7794 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7795 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7797 outbound_syms_index
++;
7798 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7799 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7802 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7803 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7805 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7806 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7808 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7809 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7810 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7812 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7813 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7814 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7816 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7817 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7819 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7820 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7825 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7826 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7827 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7828 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7829 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7830 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7831 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7832 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7837 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7839 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7840 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7841 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7844 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7850 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7851 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7853 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7859 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7865 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7871 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7872 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7874 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7880 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7883 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7886 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7889 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7896 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7898 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7901 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7902 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7903 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7907 return section
->reloc_count
;
7911 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7913 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7914 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7917 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7922 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7923 asymbol
**allocation
)
7925 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7926 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7929 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7933 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7934 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7935 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7936 dynamic reloc section. */
7939 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7944 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7946 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7950 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7951 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7952 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7953 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7954 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7955 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7956 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7961 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7962 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7963 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7964 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7965 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7966 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7967 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7970 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7974 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7978 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7980 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7984 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7986 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7988 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7989 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7990 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7995 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7997 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7999 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8010 /* Read in the version information. */
8013 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8015 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8016 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8018 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8021 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8022 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8024 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8026 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8028 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8030 error_return_bad_verref
:
8032 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8033 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8034 error_return_verref
:
8035 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8036 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8040 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8041 if (contents
== NULL
)
8042 goto error_return_verref
;
8044 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8045 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8046 goto error_return_verref
;
8048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8049 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8051 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8052 goto error_return_verref
;
8054 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8055 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8056 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8057 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8058 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8059 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8061 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8062 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8065 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8067 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8069 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8070 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8072 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8073 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8075 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8076 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8079 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8080 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8081 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8082 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8083 goto error_return_verref
;
8086 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8087 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8088 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8090 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8091 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8092 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8093 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8095 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8097 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8098 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8099 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8100 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8101 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8103 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8104 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8106 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8107 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8109 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8112 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8113 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8115 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8116 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8117 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8119 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8120 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8123 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8124 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8126 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8127 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8129 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8130 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8131 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8133 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8134 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8136 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8142 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8144 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8145 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8146 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8147 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8148 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8150 unsigned int maxidx
;
8151 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8153 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8155 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8157 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8159 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8160 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8161 error_return_verdef
:
8162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8163 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8167 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8168 if (contents
== NULL
)
8169 goto error_return_verdef
;
8170 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8171 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8172 goto error_return_verdef
;
8174 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8175 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8176 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8177 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8178 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8179 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8181 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8182 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8184 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8186 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8188 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8190 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8191 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8192 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8193 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8195 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8198 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8199 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8200 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8202 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8203 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8206 if (default_imported_symver
)
8208 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8215 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8216 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8217 goto error_return_verdef
;
8219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8221 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8222 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8223 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8225 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8226 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8229 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8231 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8232 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8234 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8235 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8237 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8239 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8240 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8243 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8244 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8245 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8246 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8247 goto error_return_verdef
;
8251 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8252 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8254 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8255 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8256 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8257 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8259 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8261 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8262 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8263 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8264 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8265 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8267 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8268 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8270 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8273 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8274 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8276 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8277 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8278 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8280 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8281 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8284 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8285 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8286 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8288 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8289 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8291 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8292 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8294 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8295 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8301 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8308 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8309 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8310 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8313 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8316 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8317 if (default_imported_symver
)
8319 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8320 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8322 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8324 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8325 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8326 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8327 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8329 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8331 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8332 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8333 goto error_return_verdef
;
8334 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8335 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8336 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8337 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8338 goto error_return_verdef
;
8340 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8341 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8347 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8353 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8355 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8357 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8360 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8361 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8365 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8369 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8372 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8373 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8377 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8380 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8381 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8384 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8385 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8386 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8389 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8390 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8391 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8392 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8393 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8394 we treat such symbols as local. */
8395 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8398 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8399 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8400 These labels have the form:
8402 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8404 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8406 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8407 so we only need to match the rest. */
8408 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8410 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8414 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8416 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8418 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8419 /* A fake symbol. */
8422 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8423 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8424 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8425 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8426 other than some kind of local ? */
8443 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8444 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8451 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8452 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8453 unsigned long machine
)
8455 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8456 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8457 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8458 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8459 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8462 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8465 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8466 for error reporting. */
8469 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8473 const char **filename_ptr
,
8474 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8475 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8476 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8480 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8481 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8482 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8483 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8484 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8485 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8486 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8489 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8490 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8491 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8496 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8497 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8498 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8499 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8501 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8504 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8507 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8508 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8515 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8518 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8519 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8521 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8522 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8523 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8524 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8527 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8528 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8529 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8530 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8531 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8534 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8535 const char **filename_ptr
,
8536 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8537 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8540 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8541 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8542 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8547 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8549 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8550 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8552 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8554 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8556 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8558 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8561 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8562 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8565 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8568 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8576 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8578 const void *location
,
8580 bfd_size_type count
)
8582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8585 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8586 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8592 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8593 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8595 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8596 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8597 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8598 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8599 || contents
== NULL
)
8601 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8604 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8605 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8606 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8613 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8614 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8615 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8620 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8623 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8625 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8627 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8629 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8630 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8632 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8633 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8635 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8637 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8640 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8643 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8646 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8649 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8652 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8655 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8661 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8663 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8665 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8666 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8668 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8673 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8679 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8682 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8685 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8688 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8691 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8697 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8701 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8710 /* xgettext:c-format */
8711 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8712 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8713 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8718 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8720 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8721 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8723 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8724 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8725 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8728 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8731 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8732 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8733 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8736 bfd_reloc_status_type
8737 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8738 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8739 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8740 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8741 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8743 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8746 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8747 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8748 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8749 out details about the corefile. */
8751 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8752 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8753 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8754 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8757 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8758 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8761 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8765 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8767 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8772 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8773 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8774 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8778 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8782 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8785 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8789 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8790 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8791 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8795 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8796 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8797 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8798 such a section already exists.
8799 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8800 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8801 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8803 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8809 char *threaded_name
;
8813 /* Build the section name. */
8815 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8816 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8817 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8818 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8820 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8822 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8827 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8828 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8830 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8833 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8835 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8839 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8842 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8847 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8851 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8852 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8853 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8855 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8856 has already been set by another thread. */
8857 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8858 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8859 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8860 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8862 /* pr_who exists on:
8865 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8868 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8869 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8874 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8875 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8877 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8878 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8880 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8881 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8882 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8884 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8885 has already been set by another thread. */
8886 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8887 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8888 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8889 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8891 /* pr_who exists on:
8894 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8897 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8898 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8903 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8906 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8907 note size (ie. data object type). */
8911 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8912 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8913 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8915 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8917 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8919 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8921 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8923 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8924 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8927 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8928 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8929 data structure apart. */
8932 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8934 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8937 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8938 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8942 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8944 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8947 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8948 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8949 contents literally. */
8952 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8954 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8958 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8960 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8964 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8966 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8970 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8972 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8976 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8978 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8982 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8984 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8988 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8990 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8994 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8996 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9000 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9002 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9006 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9008 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9012 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9018 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9020 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9024 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9026 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9030 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9032 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9036 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9038 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9042 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9044 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9048 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9050 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9054 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9056 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9059 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9060 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9061 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9062 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9066 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9067 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9068 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9069 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9073 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9074 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9075 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9078 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9081 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9089 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9093 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9099 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9101 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9103 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9105 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9107 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9109 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9110 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9112 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9113 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9114 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9117 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9118 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9120 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9121 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9123 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9124 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9126 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9128 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9131 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9132 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9133 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9135 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9136 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9137 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9143 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9144 note size (ie. data object type). */
9148 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9149 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9150 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9153 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9154 int n
= strlen (command
);
9156 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9157 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9162 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9164 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9166 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9168 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9169 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9170 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9176 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9178 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9180 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9181 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9183 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9186 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9188 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9191 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9192 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9193 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9197 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9199 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9201 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9203 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9209 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9210 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9211 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9216 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9219 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9221 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9222 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9224 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9226 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9227 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9228 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9231 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9233 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9237 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9238 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9239 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9240 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9243 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9244 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9245 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9248 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9250 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9253 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9255 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9256 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9257 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9260 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9262 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9266 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9267 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9268 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9269 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9272 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9273 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9274 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9277 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9279 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9281 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9284 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9291 int is_active_thread
;
9294 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9297 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9300 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9304 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9305 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9306 /* process_info.pid */
9307 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9308 /* process_info.signal */
9309 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9312 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9313 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9314 /* thread_info.tid */
9315 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9317 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9318 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9322 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9324 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9328 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9330 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9331 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9332 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9334 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9335 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9337 if (is_active_thread
)
9338 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9342 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9343 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9344 /* module_info.base_address */
9345 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9346 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9348 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9349 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9353 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9355 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9360 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9361 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9362 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9373 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9375 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9383 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9384 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9386 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9387 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9392 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9394 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9397 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9399 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9402 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9403 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9405 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9406 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9408 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9409 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9410 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9411 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9415 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9416 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9417 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9418 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9423 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9424 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9425 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9430 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9431 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9432 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9436 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9437 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9438 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9439 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9444 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9445 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9446 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9450 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9451 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9452 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9453 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9457 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9458 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9459 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9460 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9465 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9466 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9467 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9471 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9472 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9473 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9474 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9478 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9479 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9480 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9481 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9485 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9486 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9487 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9488 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9493 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9494 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9495 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9499 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9500 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9501 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9502 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9506 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9507 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9508 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9509 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9514 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9515 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9516 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9521 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9522 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9523 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9527 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9528 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9529 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9530 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9534 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9535 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9536 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9537 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9543 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9544 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9546 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9547 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9554 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9559 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9560 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9561 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9567 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9571 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9578 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9580 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9582 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9585 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9586 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9589 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9590 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9591 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9597 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9604 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9605 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9610 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9612 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9613 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9616 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9617 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9618 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9626 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9631 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9639 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9643 switch (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
)
9646 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
9651 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
9659 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9660 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9664 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9665 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
9669 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9673 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9674 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9675 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
9678 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9680 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
9683 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9686 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9687 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
9690 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9691 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9697 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9702 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9703 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
9707 /* Skip over pr_statussz. */
9708 switch (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
)
9715 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_statussz. */
9723 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9724 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
9725 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9727 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9729 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9730 offset
+= (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
/ 8) * 2;
9732 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9735 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9736 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9738 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9741 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9742 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
9743 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
9746 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9747 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
9750 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9751 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9752 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9756 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9761 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9764 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9767 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9769 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9770 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9771 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9775 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
9777 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9782 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 4;
9783 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 4;
9784 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9790 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
9791 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9801 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9805 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9808 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9815 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9817 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9819 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9821 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9823 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9825 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9826 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9827 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9829 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9834 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9838 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
9839 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
9841 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
9843 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9844 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9845 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9846 creates a core file. */
9848 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9851 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9852 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9853 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9856 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
9860 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
9862 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9863 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9865 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
9866 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
9869 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
9870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9872 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
9873 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9879 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9880 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9885 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9886 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9888 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9889 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9899 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9901 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9902 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9903 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9905 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9907 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9909 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9910 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9911 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9917 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9919 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9920 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9922 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9923 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9925 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9926 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9928 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9929 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9931 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9933 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9938 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9939 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9940 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9945 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9947 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9952 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9953 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9954 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9963 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9965 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9972 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9975 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9976 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9978 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9979 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9981 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9982 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9984 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9985 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9988 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9989 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9990 thread just in case. */
9991 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9992 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9994 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9995 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9997 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10000 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10002 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10006 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10007 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10008 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10010 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10014 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10015 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10023 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10024 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10026 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10029 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10031 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10035 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10036 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10037 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10039 /* This is the current thread. */
10040 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10041 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10046 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10047 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10048 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10049 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10052 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10054 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10055 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10057 static long tid
= 1;
10059 switch (note
->type
)
10061 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10062 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10063 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10064 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10065 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10066 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10067 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10068 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10075 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10081 /* Use note name as section name. */
10082 len
= note
->namesz
;
10083 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10086 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10087 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10089 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10093 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10094 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10095 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10100 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10103 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10107 size of data for note
10109 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10110 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10111 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10112 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10115 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10118 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10126 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10133 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10135 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10137 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10140 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10141 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10142 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10144 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10145 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10149 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10157 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10168 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10172 const char *psargs
)
10174 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10176 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10179 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10180 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10185 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10186 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10187 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10189 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10191 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10194 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10197 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10198 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10199 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10201 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10206 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10208 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10211 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10214 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10215 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10216 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10217 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10218 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10220 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10227 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10228 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10229 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10231 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
10233 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10235 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10239 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10240 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10241 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10243 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
10245 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10246 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10247 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10251 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10258 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10260 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10263 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10265 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10270 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10271 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10272 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10274 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10276 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10277 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10278 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10279 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10280 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10281 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10288 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10289 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10290 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10291 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10292 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10293 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10295 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10301 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10303 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10310 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10311 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10313 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10314 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10315 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10316 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10317 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10318 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10319 #if !defined(gregs)
10320 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10321 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10323 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10324 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10327 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10328 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10330 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10332 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10334 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10338 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10339 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10341 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10342 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10345 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10349 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10350 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10351 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10352 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10360 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10361 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10362 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10363 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10367 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10370 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10373 const void *fpregs
,
10376 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10377 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10378 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10382 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10385 const void *xfpregs
,
10388 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10389 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10390 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10394 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10395 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10398 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10399 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10401 note_name
= "LINUX";
10402 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10403 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10407 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10410 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10413 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10414 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10415 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10419 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10422 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10425 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10426 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10427 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10431 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10434 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10437 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10438 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10439 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10440 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10444 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10447 const void *s390_timer
,
10450 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10451 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10452 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10456 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10459 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10462 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10463 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10464 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10468 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10471 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10474 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10475 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10476 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10480 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10483 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10486 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10487 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10488 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10492 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10495 const void *s390_prefix
,
10498 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10499 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10500 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10504 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10507 const void *s390_last_break
,
10510 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10511 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10512 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10513 s390_last_break
, size
);
10517 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10520 const void *s390_system_call
,
10523 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10524 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10525 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10526 s390_system_call
, size
);
10530 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10533 const void *s390_tdb
,
10536 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10537 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10538 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10542 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10545 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10548 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10549 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10550 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10554 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10557 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10560 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10561 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10562 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10563 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10567 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10570 const void *arm_vfp
,
10573 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10574 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10575 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10579 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10582 const void *aarch_tls
,
10585 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10586 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10587 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10591 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10594 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10597 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10598 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10599 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10603 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10606 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10609 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10610 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10611 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10615 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10618 const char *section
,
10622 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10623 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10624 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10625 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10626 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10627 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10628 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10629 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10630 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10631 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10632 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10633 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10634 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10635 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10636 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10637 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10638 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10639 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10640 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10641 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10642 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10643 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10644 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10645 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10646 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10647 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10648 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10649 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10650 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10651 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10652 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10653 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10654 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10655 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10656 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10657 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10658 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10659 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10660 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10661 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10666 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10671 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10673 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10674 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10675 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10677 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10680 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10682 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10683 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10684 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10687 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10688 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10689 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10691 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10692 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10695 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10702 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10705 const char * string
;
10707 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10711 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10712 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
10713 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10714 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10715 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10716 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10718 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10721 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10723 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10724 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10725 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10727 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10736 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10738 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10741 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10742 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10744 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10750 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10757 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10764 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10767 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10771 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10772 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10775 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10776 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10786 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10788 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10789 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10790 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10793 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10795 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10801 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10804 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10805 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10806 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10807 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10809 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10810 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10813 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10817 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10823 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10824 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10825 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10830 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10831 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10832 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10833 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10835 return reloc_class_normal
;
10838 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10839 relocation against a local symbol. */
10842 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10843 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10845 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10847 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10848 bfd_vma relocation
;
10850 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10851 + sec
->output_offset
10853 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10854 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
10855 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10858 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10859 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10860 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
10863 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10864 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10865 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10866 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10867 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10868 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10869 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
10872 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
10873 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10879 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10880 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10884 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10886 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10887 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10889 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10890 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10891 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10894 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
10895 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
10896 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
10897 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
10901 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10902 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10906 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10908 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10909 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10911 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10912 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
10915 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
10917 /* Reverse the offset. */
10918 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10919 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
10921 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
10922 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
10923 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
10929 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10930 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10931 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10932 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10933 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10934 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10936 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10937 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10938 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10939 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10940 the remote memory. */
10943 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10946 bfd_size_type size
,
10947 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10948 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10950 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10951 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10955 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10956 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10957 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10962 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10965 const char *relplt_name
;
10966 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10970 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10976 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10979 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10982 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10985 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10986 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10987 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10988 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10989 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10992 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10993 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10994 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10997 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
11001 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
11002 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
11005 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
11006 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
11007 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11008 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11010 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
11011 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11014 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
11016 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11021 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
11025 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
11026 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
11028 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11033 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
11034 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11037 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11038 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11039 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11040 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
11041 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
11042 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
11044 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
11047 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
11048 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
11050 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
11054 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11055 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11056 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
11057 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
11060 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
11063 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11064 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
11071 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11072 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11073 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. t*/
11074 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11075 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, NULL
,
11076 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
11079 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
11080 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11082 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11084 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
11086 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
11088 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11089 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11090 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11091 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11092 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
11093 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
11097 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11098 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11099 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11102 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
11104 return (type
== STT_FUNC
11105 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
11108 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11109 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11110 otherwise return zero. */
11113 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
11116 bfd_size_type size
;
11118 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
11119 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
11120 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
11123 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
11125 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
11126 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;